Remove all Host mode class demos other than the CDCHost class driver demo, so that they can be re-added as they are made once the host mode class framework is designed. Fixed USB_Host_SendControlRequest() not re-suspending the USB bus when initial device ready-wait fails. Fixed USB Pad regulator not being disabled on some AVR models when the USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED option is used.pull/1469/head
Dean Camera
16 years ago
parent
b2cf4d3222
commit
1756087c3e
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
||||
# The format is:
|
||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Host Demo"
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
||||
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
||||
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
||||
# description.
|
||||
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
||||
# path to strip.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
||||
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
||||
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Fortran.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
||||
# VHDL.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
||||
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
||||
# enable parsing support.
|
||||
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
||||
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
||||
# of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
||||
# alphabetical list.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
||||
# of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
QUIET = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
||||
# NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
||||
# to stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = ./
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
||||
*.c \
|
||||
*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
||||
# from the input.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
||||
# the \include command).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank all files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
||||
# is applied to all files.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
||||
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate HTML output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
||||
# can be grouped.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
||||
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
||||
# HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file .
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
||||
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
||||
# is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate Latex output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
||||
# default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
# in the output.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate man pages
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
||||
# moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
||||
# files.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
||||
# the preprocessor.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
||||
# be used.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
||||
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
||||
# this location is as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
||||
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
||||
# will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
||||
# be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
||||
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
||||
# powerful graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
||||
# default search path.
|
||||
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
||||
# or is not a class.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
||||
# containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
||||
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
||||
# Language.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
||||
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
||||
# other documented files.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
||||
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
||||
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
|
||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \dotfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
||||
# the various graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the GenericHIDHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
|
||||
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "GenericHIDHost.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
||||
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
|
||||
"Generic HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HID_Host_Task();
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
||||
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
|
||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
|
||||
* stops the library USB task management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
|
||||
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ShutDown();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
for(;;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
|
||||
* enumerating an attached USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
|
||||
* contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ReadNextReport(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
|
||||
if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ReportINData[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in HID report data */
|
||||
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ReportINData, sizeof(ReportINData));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print report data through the serial port */
|
||||
for (uint16_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < sizeof(ReportINData); CurrByte++)
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR("0x%02X "), ReportINData[CurrByte]);
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Writes a report to the attached device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param ReportOUTData Buffer containing the report to send to the device
|
||||
* \param ReportIndex Index of the report in the device (zero if the device does not use multiple reports)
|
||||
* \param ReportType Type of report to send, either HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT or HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE
|
||||
* \param ReportLength Length of the report to send
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Select and unfreeze HID data OUT pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the
|
||||
* control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsConfigured())
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */
|
||||
if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the report index is used, send it before the report data */
|
||||
if (ReportIndex)
|
||||
Pipe_Write_Byte(ReportIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write out HID report data */
|
||||
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearOUT();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetReport,
|
||||
.wValue = ((ReportType << 8) | ReportIndex),
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = ReportLength,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request to the device */
|
||||
USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
|
||||
* HID reports from the device and to send reports if desired.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HID_Host_Task(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
|
||||
switch (USB_HostState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
|
||||
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
|
||||
.wValue = 1,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error status */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
else
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error status */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
|
||||
ReadNextReport();
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for MouseHost.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
|
||||
#define _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Pipe number for the HID data IN pipe */
|
||||
#define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pipe number for the HID data OUT pipe */
|
||||
#define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID Class specific request to send a HID report to the device. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID Report type specifier, for output reports to a device */
|
||||
#define HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID Report type specifier, for feature reports to a device */
|
||||
#define HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void);
|
||||
void HID_Host_Task(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ReadNextReport(void);
|
||||
void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \mainpage Generic HID Host Demo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Host</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>N/A</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Generic HID host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
|
||||
* application for implementing a Generic HID USB host, for any device implementing
|
||||
* the HID profile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Received reports from the attached device are printed to the serial port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>
|
||||
* None
|
||||
* </td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -1,740 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
# Typical values are:
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = GenericHIDHost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_HOST_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
checkhooks: build
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
||||
echo "(None)"
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checklibmode:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checkboard:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
||||
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
||||
# The format is:
|
||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
||||
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
||||
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
||||
# description.
|
||||
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
||||
# path to strip.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
||||
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
||||
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Fortran.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
||||
# VHDL.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
||||
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
||||
# enable parsing support.
|
||||
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
||||
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
||||
# of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
||||
# alphabetical list.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
||||
# of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
QUIET = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
||||
# NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
||||
# to stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = ./
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
||||
*.c \
|
||||
*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
||||
# from the input.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
||||
# the \include command).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank all files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
||||
# is applied to all files.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
||||
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate HTML output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
||||
# can be grouped.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
||||
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
||||
# HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file .
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
||||
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
||||
# is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate Latex output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
||||
# default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
# in the output.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate man pages
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
||||
# moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
||||
# files.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
||||
# the preprocessor.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
||||
# be used.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
||||
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
||||
# this location is as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
||||
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
||||
# will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
||||
# be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
||||
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
||||
# powerful graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
||||
# default search path.
|
||||
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
||||
# or is not a class.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
||||
# containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
||||
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
||||
# Language.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
||||
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
||||
# other documented files.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
||||
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
||||
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
|
||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \dotfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
||||
# the various graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
|
||||
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "KeyboardHost.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
||||
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
|
||||
"Keyboard HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Keyboard_HID_Task();
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
||||
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
|
||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
|
||||
* stops the library USB task management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
|
||||
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ShutDown();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
for(;;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
|
||||
* enumerating an attached USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
|
||||
* contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ReadNextReport(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select keyboard data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
|
||||
if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read in keyboard report data */
|
||||
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReport, sizeof(KeyboardReport));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate if the modifier byte is non-zero (special key such as shift is being pressed) */
|
||||
LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if a key has been pressed */
|
||||
if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
|
||||
if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
|
||||
else
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
|
||||
|
||||
char PressedKey = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
|
||||
if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x1D))
|
||||
PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A';
|
||||
else if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x27))
|
||||
PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0';
|
||||
else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x2C)
|
||||
PressedKey = ' ';
|
||||
else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x28)
|
||||
PressedKey = '\n';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
|
||||
if (PressedKey)
|
||||
putchar(PressedKey);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Refreeze keyboard data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
|
||||
* HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Keyboard_HID_Task(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (USB_HostState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
|
||||
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
|
||||
.wValue = 1,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error status */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
else
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error status */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* HID class request to set the keyboard protocol to the Boot Protocol */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetProtocol,
|
||||
.wValue = 0,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error status */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
|
||||
/* If a report has been received, read and process it */
|
||||
ReadNextReport();
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
|
||||
#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Pipe number for the keyboard data IN pipe */
|
||||
#define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */
|
||||
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (such as Shift, Control, etc.) */
|
||||
uint8_t RESERVED; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0 */
|
||||
uint8_t KeyCode; /**< Key code of the currently pressed key */
|
||||
} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void Keyboard_HID_Task(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ReadNextReport(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Host</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>N/A</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
|
||||
* application for implementing a USB keyboard, for USB keyboards using
|
||||
* the standard keyboard HID profile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
|
||||
* USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
|
||||
* that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
|
||||
* uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
|
||||
* all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
|
||||
* KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>
|
||||
* None
|
||||
* </td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -1,739 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
# Typical values are:
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = KeyboardHost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_HOST_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c \
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
checkhooks: build
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
||||
echo "(None)"
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checklibmode:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checkboard:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
||||
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
||||
# The format is:
|
||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
||||
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
||||
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
||||
# description.
|
||||
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
||||
# path to strip.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
||||
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
||||
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Fortran.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
||||
# VHDL.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
||||
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
||||
# enable parsing support.
|
||||
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
||||
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
||||
# of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
||||
# alphabetical list.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
||||
# of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
QUIET = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
||||
# NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
||||
# to stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = ./
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
||||
*.c \
|
||||
*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
||||
# from the input.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
||||
# the \include command).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank all files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
||||
# is applied to all files.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
||||
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate HTML output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
||||
# can be grouped.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
||||
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
||||
# HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file .
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
||||
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
||||
# is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate Latex output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
||||
# default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
# in the output.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate man pages
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
||||
# moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
||||
# files.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
||||
# the preprocessor.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
||||
# be used.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
||||
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
||||
# this location is as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
||||
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
||||
# will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
||||
# be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
||||
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
||||
# powerful graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
||||
# default search path.
|
||||
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
||||
# or is not a class.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
||||
# containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
||||
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
||||
# Language.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
||||
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
||||
# other documented files.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
||||
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
||||
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
|
||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \dotfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
||||
# the various graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "HIDReport.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
|
||||
uint16_t HIDReportSize;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
|
||||
HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
|
||||
* structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
|
||||
uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
|
||||
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
|
||||
.wValue = (DTYPE_Report << 8),
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = HIDReportSize,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
|
||||
if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
return ParseControlError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
|
||||
if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
|
||||
return ParseError;
|
||||
|
||||
return ParseSuccessful;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for HIDReport.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
|
||||
#define _HID_REPORT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard */
|
||||
#define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD 0x07
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */
|
||||
enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
|
||||
ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
|
||||
ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for a HID descriptor. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */
|
||||
uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */
|
||||
uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */
|
||||
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* External Variables: */
|
||||
extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
|
||||
extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
|
||||
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
||||
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
|
||||
"Keyboard HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Keyboard_HID_Task();
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
||||
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
|
||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
|
||||
* stops the library USB task management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
|
||||
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ShutDown();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
for(;;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
|
||||
* enumerating an attached USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
|
||||
* the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Keyboard_HID_Task(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (USB_HostState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
|
||||
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
|
||||
.wValue = 1,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
else
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
|
||||
/* Select and unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if data has been received from the attached keyboard */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Create buffer big enough for the report */
|
||||
uint8_t KeyboardReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Load in the keyboard report */
|
||||
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(KeyboardReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe());
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process the read in keyboard report from the device */
|
||||
ProcessKeyboardReport(KeyboardReport);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze keyboard data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Processes a read HID report from an attached keyboard, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
|
||||
* as required and prints pressed characters to the serial port. Each time a key is typed, a board LED is toggled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param KeyboardReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached keyboard device
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for keyboard scan code reports */
|
||||
for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
|
||||
HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the current report item is a keyboard scancode */
|
||||
if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
|
||||
(ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize == 8) &&
|
||||
(ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1) &&
|
||||
(ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Retrieve the keyboard scancode from the report data retrieved from the device */
|
||||
bool FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem);
|
||||
|
||||
/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
|
||||
if (!(FoundData))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
|
||||
uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If scancode is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
|
||||
if (KeyCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
|
||||
if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
|
||||
else
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
|
||||
|
||||
char PressedKey = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert scancode to printable character if alphanumeric */
|
||||
if ((KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyCode <= 0x1D))
|
||||
PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A';
|
||||
else if ((KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyCode <= 0x27))
|
||||
PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0';
|
||||
else if (KeyCode == 0x2C)
|
||||
PressedKey = ' ';
|
||||
else if (KeyCode == 0x28)
|
||||
PressedKey = '\n';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
|
||||
if (PressedKey)
|
||||
putchar(PressedKey);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Once a scancode is found, stop scanning through the report items */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
|
||||
#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "HIDReport.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Pipe number for the keyboard report data pipe */
|
||||
#define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void Keyboard_HID_Task(void);
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Host</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>N/A</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
|
||||
* application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
|
||||
* the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
|
||||
* allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
|
||||
* keyboards with a single HID report.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
|
||||
* USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
|
||||
* report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
|
||||
* USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>
|
||||
* None
|
||||
* </td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -1,741 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
# Typical values are:
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_HOST_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
HIDReport.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
checkhooks: build
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
||||
echo "(None)"
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checklibmode:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checkboard:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
||||
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
||||
# The format is:
|
||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
||||
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
||||
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
||||
# description.
|
||||
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
||||
# path to strip.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
||||
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
||||
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Fortran.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
||||
# VHDL.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
||||
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
||||
# enable parsing support.
|
||||
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
||||
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
||||
# of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
||||
# alphabetical list.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
||||
# of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
QUIET = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
||||
# NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
||||
# to stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = ./
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
||||
*.c \
|
||||
*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
||||
# from the input.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
||||
# the \include command).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank all files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
||||
# is applied to all files.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
||||
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate HTML output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
||||
# can be grouped.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
||||
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
||||
# HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file .
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
||||
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
||||
# is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate Latex output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
||||
# default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
# in the output.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate man pages
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
||||
# moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
||||
# files.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
||||
# the preprocessor.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
||||
# be used.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
||||
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
||||
# this location is as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
||||
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
||||
# will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
||||
# be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
||||
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
||||
# powerful graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
||||
# default search path.
|
||||
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
||||
# or is not a class.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
||||
# containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
||||
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
||||
# Language.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
||||
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
||||
# other documented files.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
||||
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
||||
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
|
||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \dotfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
||||
# the various graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
@ -1,691 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mass Storage Device commands, to issue MSD commands to the device for
|
||||
* reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics. This file
|
||||
* also contains block read and write functions, so that device blocks
|
||||
* can be read and written. In general, these functions would be chained
|
||||
* to a FAT library to give file-level access to an attached device's contents.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Many Mass Storage devices on the market are non-compliant to the
|
||||
* specifications and thus can prove difficult to interface with. It
|
||||
* may be necessary to retry the functions in the module several times
|
||||
* after they have returned and error to successfully send the command
|
||||
* to the device. Some devices may also need to have the stream function
|
||||
* timeout period extended beyond 100ms (some badly designed devices exceeding
|
||||
* 1.5 seconds occasionally) by defining USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS to a
|
||||
* larger value in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler
|
||||
* via the -D switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C
|
||||
#include "MassStoreCommands.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Globals: */
|
||||
/** Current CBW to send to the device. This is automatically filled by the routines
|
||||
* in this file and is not externally accessible.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Current CSW received from the device. This is automatically filled by the routines
|
||||
* in this file and is externally accessible so that the return codes may be checked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Current Tag value used in issued CBWs to the device. This is automatically incremented
|
||||
* by the routines in this file, and is not externally accessible.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t MassStore_Tag = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Routine to send the current CBW to the device, and increment the Tag value as needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Each transmission should have a unique tag value, excluding values 0 and 0xFFFFFFFF */
|
||||
if (++MassStore_Tag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
|
||||
MassStore_Tag = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the OUT data pipe for CBW transmission */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write the CBW command to the OUT pipe */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(CommandBlockWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
return ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the data in the OUT pipe to the attached device */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearOUT();
|
||||
|
||||
while(!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze pipe after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Waits until the attached device is ready to accept data following a CBW, checking
|
||||
* to ensure that the device has not stalled the transaction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until data received in the IN pipe */
|
||||
while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
|
||||
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */
|
||||
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
|
||||
TimeoutMSRem--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
|
||||
if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
|
||||
USB_Host_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
|
||||
USB_Host_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
|
||||
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends or receives the transaction's data stage to or from the attached device, reading or
|
||||
* writing to the nominated buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param BufferPtr Pointer to the data buffer to read from or write to
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
uint16_t BytesRem = SCSICommandBlock.Header.DataTransferLength;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the direction of the SCSI command data stage */
|
||||
if (SCSICommandBlock.Header.Flags & COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the block data from the pipe */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
return ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Acknowledge the packet */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Select the OUT data pipe for data transmission */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write the block data to the pipe */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
return ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Acknowledge the packet */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearOUT();
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze used pipe after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Routine to receive the current CSW from the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If an error in the command ocurred, abort */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
return ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Load in the CSW from the attached device */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatusWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
return ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the data ready for next reception */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param EndpointNum Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
|
||||
.wValue = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT,
|
||||
.wIndex = EndpointNum,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to reset the attached device's Mass Storage interface,
|
||||
* readying the device for the next CBW.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_MassStorageReset,
|
||||
.wValue = 0,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to determine the index of the highest numbered Logical
|
||||
* Unit in the attached device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param MaxLUNIndex Pointer to the location that the maximum LUN index value should be stored
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_GetMaxLUN,
|
||||
.wValue = 0,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 1,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the pipe stall */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearStall();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some faulty Mass Storage devices don't implement the GET_MAX_LUN request, so assume a single LUN */
|
||||
*MaxLUNIndex = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Issues a SCSI Request Sense command to the attached device, to determine the current SCSI sense information. This
|
||||
* gives error codes for the last issued SCSI command to the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
|
||||
* \param SensePtr Pointer to the sense data structure where the sense data from the device is to be stored
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue REQUEST SENSE command */
|
||||
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
|
||||
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
|
||||
.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t),
|
||||
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
|
||||
.LUN = LUNIndex,
|
||||
.SCSICommandLength = 6
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.SCSICommandData =
|
||||
{
|
||||
SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
|
||||
0x00 // Unused (control)
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
|
||||
MassStore_SendCommand();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until data received from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the returned sense data into the buffer */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData((uint8_t*)SensePtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Read command to the attached device, to read in one or more data blocks from the
|
||||
* storage medium into a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
|
||||
* \param BlockAddress Start block address to read from
|
||||
* \param Blocks Number of blocks to read from the device
|
||||
* \param BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to read
|
||||
* \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the read data is to be written to
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
|
||||
const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to read in the given blocks from the device */
|
||||
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
|
||||
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
|
||||
.DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
|
||||
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
|
||||
.LUN = LUNIndex,
|
||||
.SCSICommandLength = 10
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.SCSICommandData =
|
||||
{
|
||||
SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
|
||||
0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
|
||||
(BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
|
||||
(BlockAddress >> 16),
|
||||
(BlockAddress >> 8),
|
||||
(BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
|
||||
0x00, // Unused (reserved)
|
||||
0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
|
||||
Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
|
||||
0x00 // Unused (control)
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
|
||||
MassStore_SendCommand();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until data received from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the returned block data into the buffer */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Write command to the attached device, to write one or more data blocks to the
|
||||
* storage medium from a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
|
||||
* \param BlockAddress Start block address to write to
|
||||
* \param Blocks Number of blocks to write to in the device
|
||||
* \param BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to write
|
||||
* \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the write data is to be sourced from
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
|
||||
const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to write the given blocks to the device */
|
||||
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
|
||||
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
|
||||
.DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
|
||||
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT,
|
||||
.LUN = LUNIndex,
|
||||
.SCSICommandLength = 10
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.SCSICommandData =
|
||||
{
|
||||
SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
|
||||
0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
|
||||
(BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
|
||||
(BlockAddress >> 16),
|
||||
(BlockAddress >> 8),
|
||||
(BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
|
||||
0x00, // Unused (reserved)
|
||||
0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
|
||||
Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
|
||||
0x00 // Unused (control)
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
|
||||
MassStore_SendCommand();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write the data to the device from the buffer */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Issues a SCSI Device Test Unit Ready command to the attached device, to determine if the device is ready to accept
|
||||
* other commands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue TEST UNIT READY command */
|
||||
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
|
||||
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
|
||||
.DataTransferLength = 0,
|
||||
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
|
||||
.LUN = LUNIndex,
|
||||
.SCSICommandLength = 6
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.SCSICommandData =
|
||||
{
|
||||
SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00 // Unused (control)
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
|
||||
MassStore_SendCommand();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Issues a SCSI Device Read Capacity command to the attached device, to determine the capacity of the
|
||||
* given Logical Unit within the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
|
||||
* \param CapacityPtr Device capacity structure where the capacity data is to be stored
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue READ CAPACITY command */
|
||||
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
|
||||
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
|
||||
.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t),
|
||||
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
|
||||
.LUN = LUNIndex,
|
||||
.SCSICommandLength = 10
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.SCSICommandData =
|
||||
{
|
||||
SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // MSB of Logical block address
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00,
|
||||
0x00, // LSB of Logical block address
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator
|
||||
0x00 // Unused (control)
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
|
||||
MassStore_SendCommand();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until data received from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the returned capacity data into the buffer */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(CapacityPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Endian-correct the read data */
|
||||
CapacityPtr->Blocks = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->Blocks);
|
||||
CapacityPtr->BlockSize = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->BlockSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Issues a SCSI Device Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command to the attached device, to lock the physical media from
|
||||
* being removed. This is a legacy command for SCSI disks with removable storage (such as ZIP disks), but should still
|
||||
* be issued before the first read or write command is sent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
|
||||
* \param PreventRemoval Whether or not the LUN media should be locked to prevent removal or not
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command */
|
||||
SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
|
||||
.Tag = MassStore_Tag,
|
||||
.DataTransferLength = 0,
|
||||
.Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT,
|
||||
.LUN = LUNIndex,
|
||||
.SCSICommandLength = 6
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.SCSICommandData =
|
||||
{
|
||||
SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag
|
||||
0x00, // Reserved
|
||||
0x00 // Unused (control)
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
|
||||
MassStore_SendCommand();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
|
||||
if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
return ReturnCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for MassStoreCommands.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
|
||||
#define _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "MassStorageHost.h"
|
||||
#include "SCSI_Codes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Class specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface of the attached device */
|
||||
#define REQ_MassStorageReset 0xFF
|
||||
|
||||
/** Class specific request to retrieve the maximum Logical Unit Number (LUN) index of the attached device */
|
||||
#define REQ_GetMaxLUN 0xFE
|
||||
|
||||
/** Command Block Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CBW blocks */
|
||||
#define CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
|
||||
|
||||
/** Command Static Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CSW blocks */
|
||||
#define CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
|
||||
|
||||
/** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Host-to-Device transfer direction */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Device-to-Host transfer direction */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 2000
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data IN pipe */
|
||||
#define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data OUT pipe */
|
||||
#define MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Block Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI
|
||||
* commands for transport over the USB bulk endpoints to the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, always equal to CBW_SIGNATURE */
|
||||
uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */
|
||||
uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of data to transfer, following the CBW */
|
||||
uint8_t Flags; /**< Block flags, equal to one of the COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_* macros */
|
||||
uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit Number the CBW is addressed to in the device */
|
||||
uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the SCSI command in the CBW */
|
||||
} Header;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< SCSI command to issue to the device */
|
||||
} CommandBlockWrapper_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Status Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI
|
||||
* responses for transport over the USB bulk endpoints from the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t Signature; /**< Command status signature, always equal to CSW_SIGNATURE */
|
||||
uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */
|
||||
uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Length of data not transferred */
|
||||
uint8_t Status; /**< Command status, a value from the MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t enum */
|
||||
} CommandStatusWrapper_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
|
||||
* device via the MassStore_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
|
||||
* device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
|
||||
* structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ReponseCode;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t SegmentNumber;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char SenseKey : 4;
|
||||
unsigned char _RESERVED1 : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char ILI : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char EOM : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char FileMark : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Information[4];
|
||||
uint8_t AdditionalLength;
|
||||
uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
|
||||
uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
|
||||
uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
|
||||
uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
|
||||
uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
|
||||
} SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number
|
||||
* of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by
|
||||
* the device when the MassStore_ReadCapacity() function is called.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device */
|
||||
uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN */
|
||||
} SCSI_Capacity_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** CSW status return codes, indicating the overall status of the issued CBW */
|
||||
enum MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
Command_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed successfully */
|
||||
Command_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete successfully */
|
||||
Phase_Error = 2 /**< Phase error while processing the issued command */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* External Variables: */
|
||||
extern CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C)
|
||||
static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void);
|
||||
static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void);
|
||||
static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
|
||||
static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void);
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex);
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
|
||||
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
|
||||
const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
|
||||
const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
|
||||
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex);
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to
|
||||
* the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and
|
||||
* the SENSE data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_
|
||||
#define _SCSI_CODES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
|
||||
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,380 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
|
||||
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "MassStorageHost.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Globals */
|
||||
/** Index of the highest available LUN (Logical Unit) in the attached Mass Storage Device */
|
||||
uint8_t MassStore_MaxLUNIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
||||
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
|
||||
"Mass Storage Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MassStorage_Task();
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
||||
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
Buttons_Init();
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
|
||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
|
||||
* stops the library USB task management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
|
||||
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ShutDown();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
for(;;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
|
||||
* enumerating an attached USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in blocks from
|
||||
* the device and print them to the serial port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void MassStorage_Task(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (USB_HostState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
|
||||
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
|
||||
.wValue = 1,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
else
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Disk Enumerated.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
|
||||
/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_GetMaxLUN(&MassStore_MaxLUNIndex)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Get Max LUN"), false, ErrorCode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print number of LUNs detected in the attached device */
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d.\r\n"), (MassStore_MaxLUNIndex + 1));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the Mass Storage device interface, ready for use */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_MassStorageReset()) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Mass Storage Reset"), false, ErrorCode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get sense data from the device - many devices will not accept any other commands until the sense data
|
||||
* is read - both on start-up and after a failed command */
|
||||
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
|
||||
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_RequestSense(0, &SenseData)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Request Sense"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the prevent removal flag for the device, allowing it to be accessed */
|
||||
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(0, true)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Prevent/Allow Medium Removal"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready.."));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until disk ready */
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
Serial_TxByte('.');
|
||||
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_TestUnitReady(0)) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Test Unit Ready"), false, ErrorCode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while ((SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass) && USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Abort if device removed */
|
||||
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nRetrieving Capacity... "));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create new structure for the disk's capacity in blocks and block size */
|
||||
SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve disk capacity */
|
||||
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadCapacity(0, &DiskCapacity)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Capacity"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Display the disk capacity in blocks * block size bytes */
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a new buffer capabable of holding a single block from the device */
|
||||
uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the first 512 byte block from the device */
|
||||
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) ||
|
||||
(SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print out the first block in both HEX and ASCII, 16 bytes per line */
|
||||
for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Pointer to the start of the current 16-byte chunk in the read block of data */
|
||||
uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
|
||||
for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(" "));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
|
||||
for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nPress board button to read entire ASCII contents of disk...\r\n\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for the board button to be pressed */
|
||||
while (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Abort if device removed */
|
||||
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print out the entire disk contents in ASCII format */
|
||||
for (uint32_t CurrBlock = 0; CurrBlock < DiskCapacity.Blocks; CurrBlock++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read in the next block of data from the device */
|
||||
if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, CurrBlock, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) ||
|
||||
(SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the ASCII data in the read in block to the serial port */
|
||||
for (uint16_t Byte = 0; Byte < DiskCapacity.BlockSize; Byte++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char CurrByte = BlockBuffer[Byte];
|
||||
|
||||
putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Abort if device removed */
|
||||
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate device no longer busy */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates that a communication error has occurred with the attached Mass Storage Device,
|
||||
* printing error codes to the serial port and waiting until the device is removed before
|
||||
* continuing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param CommandString ASCII string located in PROGMEM space indicating what operation failed
|
||||
* \param FailedAtSCSILayer Indicates if the command failed at the (logical) SCSI layer or at the physical USB layer
|
||||
* \param ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (FailedAtSCSILayer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Display the error code */
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "SCSI command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Status Code: %d"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Display the error code */
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate device error via the status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for MassStoreHost.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
|
||||
#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY (LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void MassStorage_Task(void);
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Host</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Bulk Only</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard</td>
|
||||
* <td>USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard</td>
|
||||
* <td>SCSI Primary Commands Specification</td>
|
||||
* <td>SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
|
||||
* application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
|
||||
* using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
|
||||
* out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
|
||||
* AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
|
||||
* of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>
|
||||
* None
|
||||
* </td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -1,741 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
# Typical values are:
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = MassStorageHost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_HOST_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS=2000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
Lib/MassStoreCommands.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorage.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorage.c \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
checkhooks: build
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
||||
echo "(None)"
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checklibmode:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checkboard:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
||||
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
||||
# The format is:
|
||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
||||
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
||||
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
||||
# description.
|
||||
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
||||
# path to strip.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
||||
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
||||
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Fortran.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
||||
# VHDL.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
||||
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
||||
# enable parsing support.
|
||||
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
||||
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
||||
# of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
||||
# alphabetical list.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
||||
# of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
QUIET = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
||||
# NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
||||
# to stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = ./
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
||||
*.c \
|
||||
*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
||||
# from the input.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
||||
# the \include command).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank all files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
||||
# is applied to all files.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
||||
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate HTML output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
||||
# can be grouped.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
||||
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
||||
# HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file .
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
||||
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
||||
# is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate Latex output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
||||
# default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
# in the output.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate man pages
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
||||
# moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
||||
# files.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
||||
# the preprocessor.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
||||
# be used.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
||||
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
||||
# this location is as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
||||
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
||||
# will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
||||
# be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
||||
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
||||
# powerful graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
||||
# default search path.
|
||||
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
||||
# or is not a class.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
||||
# containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
||||
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
||||
# Language.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
||||
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
||||
# other documented files.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
||||
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
||||
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
|
||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \dotfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
||||
# the various graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
|
||||
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "MouseHost.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
||||
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
|
||||
"Mouse HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Mouse_HID_Task();
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
||||
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
|
||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
|
||||
* stops the library USB task management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
|
||||
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ShutDown();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
for(;;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
|
||||
* enumerating an attached USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
|
||||
* contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ReadNextReport(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
|
||||
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select mouse data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
|
||||
if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read in mouse report data */
|
||||
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MouseReport, sizeof(MouseReport));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse X movement */
|
||||
if (MouseReport.X > 0)
|
||||
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
|
||||
else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
|
||||
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse Y movement */
|
||||
if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
|
||||
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
|
||||
else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
|
||||
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse button position */
|
||||
if (MouseReport.Button)
|
||||
LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print mouse report data through the serial port */
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
|
||||
MouseReport.Y,
|
||||
MouseReport.Button);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Refreeze mouse data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
|
||||
* HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Mouse_HID_Task(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
|
||||
switch (USB_HostState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
|
||||
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
|
||||
.wValue = 1,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error status */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
else
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error status */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* HID class request to set the mouse protocol to the Boot Protocol */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetProtocol,
|
||||
.wValue = 0,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error status */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
|
||||
/* If a report has been received, read and process it */
|
||||
ReadNextReport();
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for MouseHost.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
|
||||
#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Pipe number for the mouse data IN pipe */
|
||||
#define MOUSE_DATAPIPE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */
|
||||
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse */
|
||||
int8_t X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse */
|
||||
int8_t Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse */
|
||||
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void Mouse_HID_Task(void);
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ReadNextReport(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Host</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>N/A</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
|
||||
* application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
|
||||
* the standard mouse HID profile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
|
||||
* as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
|
||||
* button status information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
|
||||
* that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
|
||||
* uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
|
||||
* all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
|
||||
* MouseHostWithParser demo application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently only single interface mice are supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>
|
||||
* None
|
||||
* </td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -1,740 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
# Typical values are:
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = MouseHost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_HOST_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
checkhooks: build
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
||||
echo "(None)"
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checklibmode:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checkboard:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
||||
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
||||
# The format is:
|
||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host (Using Mouse Descriptor Parser)"
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
||||
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
||||
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
||||
# description.
|
||||
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
||||
# path to strip.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
||||
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
||||
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Fortran.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
||||
# VHDL.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
||||
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
||||
# enable parsing support.
|
||||
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
||||
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
||||
# of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
||||
# alphabetical list.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
||||
# of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
QUIET = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
||||
# NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
||||
# to stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = ./
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
||||
*.c \
|
||||
*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
||||
# from the input.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
||||
# the \include command).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank all files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
||||
# is applied to all files.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
||||
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate HTML output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
||||
# can be grouped.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
||||
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
||||
# HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file .
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
||||
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
||||
# is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate Latex output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
||||
# default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
# in the output.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate man pages
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
||||
# moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
||||
# files.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
||||
# the preprocessor.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
||||
# be used.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
||||
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
||||
# this location is as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
||||
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
||||
# will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
||||
# be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
||||
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
||||
# powerful graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
||||
# default search path.
|
||||
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
||||
# or is not a class.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
||||
# containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
||||
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
||||
# Language.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
||||
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
||||
# other documented files.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
||||
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
||||
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
|
||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \dotfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
||||
# the various graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "HIDReport.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
|
||||
uint16_t HIDReportSize;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
|
||||
HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
|
||||
* structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
|
||||
uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
|
||||
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
|
||||
.wValue = (DTYPE_Report << 8),
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = HIDReportSize,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
|
||||
if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
return ParseControlError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
|
||||
if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
|
||||
return ParseError;
|
||||
|
||||
return ParseSuccessful;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for HIDReport.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
|
||||
#define _HID_REPORT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HID.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button */
|
||||
#define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control */
|
||||
#define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement */
|
||||
#define USAGE_X 0x30
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement */
|
||||
#define USAGE_Y 0x31
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */
|
||||
enum MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
|
||||
ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
|
||||
ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for a HID descriptor. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */
|
||||
uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */
|
||||
uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */
|
||||
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* External Variables: */
|
||||
extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
|
||||
extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
|
||||
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
||||
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
|
||||
"Mouse HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Mouse_HID_Task();
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
||||
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
|
||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
|
||||
* stops the library USB task management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
|
||||
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ShutDown();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
for(;;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
|
||||
* enumerating an attached USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
|
||||
* the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Mouse_HID_Task(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
|
||||
switch (USB_HostState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
|
||||
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
|
||||
.wValue = 1,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
else
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
|
||||
/* Select and unfreeze mouse data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if data has been received from the attached mouse */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Create buffer big enough for the report */
|
||||
uint8_t MouseReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Load in the mouse report */
|
||||
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(MouseReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe());
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process the read in mouse report from the device */
|
||||
ProcessMouseReport(MouseReport);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze mouse data pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Processes a read HID report from an attached mouse, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
|
||||
* as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param MouseReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached mouse device
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for mouse X/Y/button reports */
|
||||
for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
|
||||
HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
|
||||
|
||||
bool FoundData;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
|
||||
(ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the mouse button value */
|
||||
FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
|
||||
|
||||
/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
|
||||
if (!(FoundData))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
|
||||
if (ReportItem->Value)
|
||||
LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
|
||||
((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
|
||||
(ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
|
||||
(ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the mouse relative position value */
|
||||
FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
|
||||
|
||||
/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
|
||||
if (!(FoundData))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
int16_t DeltaMovement;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize > 8)
|
||||
DeltaMovement = (int16_t)ReportItem->Value;
|
||||
else
|
||||
DeltaMovement = (int8_t)ReportItem->Value;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement */
|
||||
if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */
|
||||
if (DeltaMovement)
|
||||
LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */
|
||||
if (DeltaMovement)
|
||||
LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
|
||||
#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "HIDReport.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Pipe number for the mouse report data pipe */
|
||||
#define MOUSE_DATAPIPE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void Mouse_HID_Task(void);
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Host</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>N/A</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
|
||||
* application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
|
||||
* the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
|
||||
* reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
|
||||
* demo supports mice with a single HID report.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
|
||||
* On connection to a USB mouse, the report items will be processed and
|
||||
* printed as a formatted list through the USART before the mouse is
|
||||
* fully enumerated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently only single interface mice are supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>
|
||||
* None
|
||||
* </td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -1,741 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
# Typical values are:
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = MouseHostWithParser
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_HOST_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
HIDReport.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HID.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
checkhooks: build
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
||||
echo "(None)"
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checklibmode:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checkboard:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
||||
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
||||
# The format is:
|
||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
||||
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
||||
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
||||
# description.
|
||||
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
||||
# path to strip.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
||||
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
||||
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Fortran.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
||||
# VHDL.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
||||
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
||||
# enable parsing support.
|
||||
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
||||
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
||||
# of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
||||
# alphabetical list.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
||||
# of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
QUIET = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
||||
# NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
||||
# to stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = ./
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
||||
*.c \
|
||||
*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
||||
# from the input.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
||||
# the \include command).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank all files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
||||
# is applied to all files.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
||||
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate HTML output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
||||
# can be grouped.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
||||
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
||||
# HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file .
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
||||
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
||||
# is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate Latex output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
||||
# default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
# in the output.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate man pages
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
||||
# moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
||||
# files.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
||||
# the preprocessor.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
||||
# be used.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
||||
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
||||
# this location is as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
||||
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
||||
# will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
||||
# be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
||||
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
||||
# powerful graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
||||
# default search path.
|
||||
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
||||
# or is not a class.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
||||
# containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
||||
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
||||
# Language.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
||||
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
||||
# other documented files.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
||||
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
||||
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
|
||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \dotfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
||||
# the various graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header containing macros for possible PIMA commands. Refer to the PIMA standard
|
||||
* documentation for more information on each PIMA command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PIMA_CODES_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO 0x1001
|
||||
#define PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION 0x1002
|
||||
#define PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION 0x1003
|
||||
|
||||
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_OK 0x2001
|
||||
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_GENERALERROR 0x2002
|
||||
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_SESSIONNOTOPEN 0x2003
|
||||
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_INVALIDTRANSACTIONID 0x2004
|
||||
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_OPERATIONNOTSUPPORTED 0x2005
|
||||
#define PIMA_RESPONSE_PARAMETERNOTSUPPORTED 0x2006
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Still Image Device commands, to issue PIMA commands to the device for
|
||||
* reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics as well as
|
||||
* reading and writing of stored image data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "StillImageCommands.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Globals: */
|
||||
/** PIMA block container for the block to send to the device */
|
||||
PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
/** PIMA block container for the last received block from the device */
|
||||
PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
/** PIMA block container for the last event block received from the device */
|
||||
PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to send the PIMA command container to the attached still image device. */
|
||||
void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe ready for data transmission */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write the PIMA block to the data OUT pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the block type is a command, send its parameters (if any) */
|
||||
if (PIMA_SendBlock.Type == CType_CommandBlock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
|
||||
uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_SendBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if any parameters in the command block */
|
||||
if (ParamBytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Write the PIMA parameters to the data OUT pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock.Params, ParamBytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the PIMA command block to the attached device */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearOUT();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze pipe after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to receive a PIMA event container from the attached still image device. */
|
||||
void SImage_RecieveEventHeader(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Unfreeze the events pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the event data into the global structure */
|
||||
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_EventBlock, sizeof(PIMA_EventBlock));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the pipe after read complete to prepare for next event */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze the event pipe again after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to receive a PIMA response container from the attached still image device. */
|
||||
uint8_t SImage_RecieveBlockHeader(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until data received on the IN pipe */
|
||||
while (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
|
||||
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */
|
||||
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
|
||||
TimeoutMSRem--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
|
||||
if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return error code */
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
|
||||
SImage_ClearPipeStall(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return error code and break out of the loop */
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
|
||||
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
|
||||
SImage_ClearPipeStall(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return error code */
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
|
||||
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return error code */
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze OUT pipe after use */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Load in the response from the attached device */
|
||||
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the returned block type is a response block */
|
||||
if (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type == CType_ResponseBlock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
|
||||
uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the device has returned any parameters */
|
||||
if (ParamBytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read the PIMA parameters from the data IN pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Params, ParamBytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pipe bank after use */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to send the given data to the device, after a command block has been issued.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param Buffer Source data buffer to send to the device
|
||||
* \param Bytes Number of bytes to send
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SImage_SendData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write the data contents to the pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the last packet to the attached device */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearOUT();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze the pipe again after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to receive the given data to the device, after a response block has been received.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param Buffer Destination data buffer to put read bytes from the device
|
||||
* \param Bytes Number of bytes to receive
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the data into the buffer */
|
||||
ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze the pipe again after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to test if a PIMA event block is waiting to be read in from the attached device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return True if an event is waiting to be read in from the device, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool IsEventReceived = false;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Unfreeze the Event pipe */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
|
||||
Pipe_Unfreeze();
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the pipe contains data, an event has been received */
|
||||
if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
|
||||
IsEventReceived = true;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Freeze the pipe after use */
|
||||
Pipe_Freeze();
|
||||
|
||||
return IsEventReceived;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param EndpointNum Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SImage_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
|
||||
.wValue = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT,
|
||||
.wIndex = EndpointNum,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for StillImageCommands.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
|
||||
#define _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PIMACodes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Pipe number of the Still Image data IN pipe */
|
||||
#define SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pipe number of the Still Image data OUT pipe */
|
||||
#define SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pipe number of the Still Image events pipe */
|
||||
#define SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** Timeout period between the issuing of a command to a device, and the reception of the first packet */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
|
||||
|
||||
/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
|
||||
* a command container.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param params Number of parameters which are to be sent in the Param field of the container
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(params) ((sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock) - sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params)) + \
|
||||
(params * sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params[0])))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
|
||||
* a data container.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param datalen Length in bytes of the data in the container
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(datalen) ((sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock) - sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params)) + datalen)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
|
||||
* attached Still Image device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes */
|
||||
uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the PIMA_Container_Types_t enum */
|
||||
uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container */
|
||||
uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together */
|
||||
uint32_t Params[4]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only) */
|
||||
} PIMA_Container_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
|
||||
enum PIMA_Container_Types_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
CType_Undefined = 0, /**< Undefined container type */
|
||||
CType_CommandBlock = 1, /**< Command Block container type */
|
||||
CType_DataBlock = 2, /**< Data Block container type */
|
||||
CType_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type */
|
||||
CType_EventBlock = 4, /**< Event Block container type */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* External Variables: */
|
||||
extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
|
||||
extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
|
||||
extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void);
|
||||
uint8_t SImage_RecieveBlockHeader(void);
|
||||
void SImage_RecieveEventHeader(void);
|
||||
void SImage_SendData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes);
|
||||
uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes);
|
||||
bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void);
|
||||
uint8_t SImage_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
|
||||
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "StillImageHost.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
||||
* starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
|
||||
"Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
StillImage_Task();
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable Clock Division */
|
||||
CLKPR = (1 << CLKPCE);
|
||||
CLKPR = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
||||
SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
|
||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
|
||||
* stops the library USB task management process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
|
||||
* enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_ShutDown();
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
for(;;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
|
||||
* enumerating an attached USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to print device information
|
||||
* through the serial port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void StillImage_Task(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ErrorCode;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (USB_HostState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
|
||||
/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
|
||||
USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
|
||||
.bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
|
||||
.wValue = 1,
|
||||
.wIndex = 0,
|
||||
.wLength = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
|
||||
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
|
||||
if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
|
||||
{
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control error.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Configured:
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
|
||||
else
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case HOST_STATE_Ready:
|
||||
/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device Info...\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0),
|
||||
.Type = CType_CommandBlock,
|
||||
.Code = PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO,
|
||||
.TransactionID = 0x00000000,
|
||||
.Params = {},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the GETDEVICEINFO block */
|
||||
SImage_SendBlockHeader();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Receive the response data block */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate the size of the returned device info data structure */
|
||||
uint16_t DeviceInfoSize = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a buffer large enough to hold the entire device info */
|
||||
uint8_t DeviceInfo[DeviceInfoSize];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read in the data block data (containing device info) */
|
||||
SImage_ReadData(DeviceInfo, DeviceInfoSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Once all the data has been read, the pipe must be cleared before the response can be sent */
|
||||
Pipe_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a pointer for walking through the info dataset */
|
||||
uint8_t* DeviceInfoPos = DeviceInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip over the data before the unicode device information strings */
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += 8; // Skip to VendorExtensionDesc String
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over VendorExtensionDesc String
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += 2; // Skip over FunctionalMode
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over OperationCode Array
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over EventCode Array
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over DevicePropCode Array
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extract and convert the Manufacturer Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
|
||||
char Manufacturer[*DeviceInfoPos];
|
||||
UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Manufacturer);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" Manufacturer: %s\r\n"), Manufacturer);
|
||||
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over Manufacturer String
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extract and convert the Model Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
|
||||
char Model[*DeviceInfoPos];
|
||||
UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Model);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" Model: %s\r\n"), Model);
|
||||
|
||||
DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over Model String
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extract and convert the Device Version Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
|
||||
char DeviceVersion[*DeviceInfoPos];
|
||||
UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, DeviceVersion);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" Device Version: %s\r\n"), DeviceVersion);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Receive the final response block from the device */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
|
||||
if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
|
||||
.Type = CType_CommandBlock,
|
||||
.Code = PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION,
|
||||
.TransactionID = 0x00000000,
|
||||
.Params = {0x00000001},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the OPENSESSION block, open a session with an ID of 0x0001 */
|
||||
SImage_SendBlockHeader();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Receive the response block from the device */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
|
||||
if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
.DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
|
||||
.Type = CType_CommandBlock,
|
||||
.Code = PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION,
|
||||
.TransactionID = 0x00000001,
|
||||
.Params = {0x00000001},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send the CLOSESESSION block, close the session with an ID of 0x0001 */
|
||||
SImage_SendBlockHeader();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Receive the response block from the device */
|
||||
if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
|
||||
if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
puts_P(PSTR("Done.\r\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate device no longer busy */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to convert a given Unicode encoded string to ASCII. This function will only work correctly on Unicode
|
||||
* strings which contain ASCII printable characters only.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param UnicodeString Pointer to a Unicode encoded input string
|
||||
* \param Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the converted ASCII string should be stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString, char* Buffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the number of characters in the string, skip to the start of the string data */
|
||||
uint8_t CharactersRemaining = *(UnicodeString++);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Loop through the entire unicode string */
|
||||
while (CharactersRemaining--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Load in the next unicode character (only the lower byte, only Unicode coded ASCII supported) */
|
||||
*(Buffer++) = *UnicodeString;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Jump to the next unicode character */
|
||||
UnicodeString += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Null terminate the string */
|
||||
*Buffer = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Displays a PIMA command error via the device's serial port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
|
||||
* \param ResponseCodeError Indicates if the error is due to a command failed indication from the device, or a communication failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char* FailureType = ((ResponseCodeError) ? PSTR("Response Code != OK") : PSTR("Transaction Fail"));
|
||||
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command Error (%S).\r\n"), FailureType);
|
||||
printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until USB device disconnected */
|
||||
while (USB_IsConnected);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for StillImageHost.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
|
||||
#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Lib/PIMACodes.h"
|
||||
#include "Lib/StillImageCommands.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImage.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY (LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void StillImage_Task(void);
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* restrict UnicodeString, char* restrict Buffer);
|
||||
void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Host</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Still Image Device</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>N/A</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification</td>
|
||||
* <td>PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
|
||||
* application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
|
||||
* digital cameras.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
|
||||
* information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
|
||||
* session.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>
|
||||
* None
|
||||
* </td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -1,737 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
# Typical values are:
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = StillImageHost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../../../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_HOST_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
Lib/StillImageCommands.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImage.c \
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
checkhooks: build
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
||||
echo "(None)"
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checklibmode:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
checkboard:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_binary:
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
||||
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# LUFA Library
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# Makefile to build all the LUFA Host Demos. Call with "make all" to
|
||||
# rebuild all Host demos.
|
||||
|
||||
# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
|
||||
# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
|
||||
# code.
|
||||
|
||||
all:
|
||||
make -C CDCHost clean
|
||||
make -C CDCHost all
|
||||
|
||||
make -C GenericHIDHost clean
|
||||
make -C GenericHIDHost all
|
||||
|
||||
make -C KeyboardHost clean
|
||||
make -C KeyboardHost all
|
||||
|
||||
make -C MassStorageHost clean
|
||||
make -C MassStorageHost all
|
||||
|
||||
make -C MouseHost clean
|
||||
make -C MouseHost all
|
||||
|
||||
make -C MouseHostWithParser clean
|
||||
make -C MouseHostWithParser all
|
||||
|
||||
make -C StillImageHost clean
|
||||
make -C StillImageHost all
|
||||
|
||||
%:
|
||||
make -C CDCHost $@
|
||||
make -C GenericHIDHost $@
|
||||
make -C KeyboardHost $@
|
||||
make -C KeyboardHostWithParser $@
|
||||
make -C MassStorageHost $@
|
||||
make -C MouseHost $@
|
||||
make -C MouseHostWithParser $@
|
||||
make -C StillImageHost $@
|
||||
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
Loading…
Reference in new issue